1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
37 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
39 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
41 #include "coff/symconst.h"
42 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
43 #include "coff/mips.h"
47 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
48 There are three types of entry:
50 (1) absolute addresses
52 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
53 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
54 (3) global and forced-local symbols
55 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
57 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
58 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
59 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
60 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
61 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
62 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
64 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
65 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
66 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
67 arbitrary in this case.
69 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
70 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
71 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
74 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
75 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
76 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
77 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
78 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
79 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
82 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
84 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
85 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
89 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
91 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
92 that should be added to the symbol value. */
94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
95 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
97 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
100 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
101 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
102 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
103 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
104 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
105 unsigned char tls_type
;
107 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
108 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
109 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
113 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
117 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
119 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
120 /* The number of global .got entries. */
121 unsigned int global_gotno
;
122 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
123 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
124 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
125 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
126 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
127 /* The number of local .got entries. */
128 unsigned int local_gotno
;
129 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
130 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
131 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
132 struct htab
*got_entries
;
133 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
134 unless multi-got was necessary. */
135 struct htab
*bfd2got
;
136 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
137 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
138 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
139 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
140 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
141 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
142 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
143 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset
;
146 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
148 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
150 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
153 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
154 create and merge bfd's gots. */
156 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
158 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
160 /* The output bfd. */
162 /* The link information. */
163 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
164 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
165 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
167 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
168 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
170 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
171 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
173 unsigned int max_count
;
174 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
175 unsigned int primary_count
;
176 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
177 unsigned int current_count
;
178 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
179 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
180 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
182 unsigned int global_count
;
185 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
187 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
189 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
191 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
192 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
196 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
198 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
200 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
204 struct _mips_elf_section_data
206 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
209 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
214 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
215 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
217 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
218 the dynamic symbols. */
220 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
222 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
224 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
225 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
226 symbol with a GOT entry. */
227 long min_got_dynindx
;
228 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
229 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
230 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
231 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
232 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
233 symbol without a GOT entry. */
234 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
237 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
238 the global hash table. */
240 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
242 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
244 /* External symbol information. */
247 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
249 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
251 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
252 a readonly section. */
253 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
255 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
256 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
257 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
259 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
261 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
262 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
265 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
266 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
267 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
269 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
270 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
273 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
274 being called returns a floating point value. */
275 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
277 /* Are we forced local? This will only be set if we have converted
278 the initial global GOT entry to a local GOT entry. */
279 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
281 /* Are we referenced by some kind of relocation? */
282 bfd_boolean is_relocation_target
;
284 /* Are we referenced by branch relocations? */
285 bfd_boolean is_branch_target
;
289 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
291 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
292 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
293 unsigned char tls_type
;
294 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
295 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
296 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
297 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
298 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
299 overloaded already. */
300 bfd_vma tls_got_offset
;
303 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
305 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
307 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
309 /* We no longer use this. */
310 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
311 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
313 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
314 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
315 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
316 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
317 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
318 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
319 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
320 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
322 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
323 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
324 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
325 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
326 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
334 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes (VxWorks only). */
335 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
336 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes (VxWorks only). */
337 bfd_vma plt_entry_size
;
338 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
339 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
342 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
343 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
344 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
345 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
346 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
347 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
348 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
349 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
350 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
351 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
352 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
353 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
354 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
355 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
357 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
362 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
363 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
364 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
368 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
370 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
373 "_procedure_string_table",
374 "_procedure_table_size",
378 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
383 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
384 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
385 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
386 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
387 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
388 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
397 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
398 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
399 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
403 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
404 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
405 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
406 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
407 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
408 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
413 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
414 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
415 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
416 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
417 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
425 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
431 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
433 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
435 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
436 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
437 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
438 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
439 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
440 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
441 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
442 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
444 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
445 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
446 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
447 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
448 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
450 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
451 has different meaning for each type:
454 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
455 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
456 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
457 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
460 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
461 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
462 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
463 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
465 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
466 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
467 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
468 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
470 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
471 loader for use by the static exception system. */
473 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
474 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
475 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
476 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
477 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
478 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
479 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
480 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
481 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
482 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
484 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
486 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
487 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
489 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
490 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*,
491 asection
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long, struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
492 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
493 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
494 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
496 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
498 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
499 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
500 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
501 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
502 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
504 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
505 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
506 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
507 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
509 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
510 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
512 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
513 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
514 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
516 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
517 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
518 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
520 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
521 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
523 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
524 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
525 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
527 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
528 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
529 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
531 /* The name of the options section. */
532 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
533 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
535 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
536 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
537 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
538 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
540 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
541 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
542 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
543 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
545 /* The name of the stub section. */
546 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
548 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
549 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
550 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
552 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
553 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
554 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
556 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
557 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
558 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
560 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
561 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
562 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
564 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
565 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
566 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
568 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
569 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
570 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
572 /* Get word-sized data. */
573 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
574 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
576 /* Put out word-sized data. */
577 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
579 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
580 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
582 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
583 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
584 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
586 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
587 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
589 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
590 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
591 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
592 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
593 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
594 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
595 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
596 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
597 section, that is RELA. */
598 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
599 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
600 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
601 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
602 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
603 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
604 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
606 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
607 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
608 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
610 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
611 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
612 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
613 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
615 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
616 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO(INFO) \
617 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 3 : 2)
619 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
620 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
621 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
623 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
625 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
627 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
628 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
630 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
631 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
632 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
634 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
635 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
636 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
637 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
638 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
639 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
640 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
642 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
643 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
645 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
646 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
648 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
651 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
652 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
653 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
654 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
657 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
658 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
659 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
660 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
661 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
662 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
663 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
664 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
666 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
667 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
669 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
671 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
672 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
675 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
676 floating point arguments.
678 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
679 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
680 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
681 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
682 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
683 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
684 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
685 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
687 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
688 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
689 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
690 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
691 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
692 stub should be discarded.
694 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
695 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
696 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
697 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
698 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
699 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
700 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
703 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
704 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
705 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
707 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
709 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
710 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
711 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
713 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
714 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] = {
715 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
716 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
717 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
718 0x00000000, /* nop */
719 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
723 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
724 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] = {
725 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
726 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
727 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
728 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
729 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
730 0x00000000, /* nop */
731 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
735 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
736 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] = {
737 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
738 0x00000000, /* nop */
739 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
740 0x00000000, /* nop */
741 0x00000000, /* nop */
745 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
746 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] = {
747 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
748 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
751 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
753 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
754 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
755 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
758 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
760 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
761 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
763 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
766 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
768 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
769 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
771 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
772 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
774 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
775 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
778 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
780 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
781 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
783 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
787 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
789 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
790 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
792 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
795 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
797 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
798 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
799 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
801 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
802 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
804 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
807 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
809 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
811 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
812 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
813 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
817 /* Set local fields. */
818 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
819 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
820 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
822 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
823 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
824 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
826 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
827 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
828 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
829 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
830 ret
->is_branch_target
= FALSE
;
831 ret
->is_relocation_target
= FALSE
;
832 ret
->tls_type
= GOT_NORMAL
;
835 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
839 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
841 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
843 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
844 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
846 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
849 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
852 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
855 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
856 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
859 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
860 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
863 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
866 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
867 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
869 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
870 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
873 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
874 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
877 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
878 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
880 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
882 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
883 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
887 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
888 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
889 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
891 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
892 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
896 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
897 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
898 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
899 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
900 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
901 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
903 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
904 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
905 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
906 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
907 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
917 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
919 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
920 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
921 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
922 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
923 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
924 free (debug
->external_sym
);
925 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
926 free (debug
->external_opt
);
927 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
928 free (debug
->external_aux
);
929 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
931 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
933 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
934 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
935 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
936 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
937 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
938 free (debug
->external_ext
);
942 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
945 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
947 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
948 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
949 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
950 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
951 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
952 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
954 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
955 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
957 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
960 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
963 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
964 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
965 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
967 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
968 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
970 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
972 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
973 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
978 unsigned long sindex
;
982 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
990 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
992 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
996 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
998 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1002 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1005 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1006 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1010 size
= sizeof (char *);
1011 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1015 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1016 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1017 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1021 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1024 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1025 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1028 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1031 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1032 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1034 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1035 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1036 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1037 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1038 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1039 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1040 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1041 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1042 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1043 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1045 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1046 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1050 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1051 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1052 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1055 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1059 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1062 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1064 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1065 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1066 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1067 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1069 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1070 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1071 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1073 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1075 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1077 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1079 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1080 matters, but someday it might). */
1081 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1110 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1114 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1115 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1117 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1118 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1120 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1121 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1123 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1124 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1125 being included in the link. */
1126 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1127 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1128 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1129 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1132 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1133 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1135 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1136 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1137 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1138 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1139 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1140 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1141 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1144 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1145 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1147 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1148 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1149 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1150 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1151 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1152 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1153 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1159 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1160 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1163 The format of these instructions is:
1165 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1166 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1167 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1169 +-----------------------------------------------+
1171 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1172 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1174 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1175 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1176 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1177 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1178 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1179 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1180 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1181 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1182 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1183 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1186 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1187 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1188 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1189 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1190 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1191 value as two 16-bit values.
1193 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1197 +--------+----------------------+
1201 +--------+----------------------+
1204 +----------+------+-------------+
1208 +----------+--------------------+
1209 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1210 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1212 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1213 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1214 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1215 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1216 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1218 R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
1219 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1221 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1222 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1223 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1224 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1225 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1227 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1230 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
1231 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
1232 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
1234 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
1235 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1236 little-endian system.
1238 R_MIPS16_HI16 and R_MIPS16_LO16 are used in mips16 mode to
1239 access data when neither GP-relative nor PC-relative addressing
1240 can be used. They are handled like R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16,
1241 except that the addend is retrieved and stored as shown above
1245 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1246 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1248 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1250 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1251 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1254 /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */
1255 extend
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
1256 insn
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
1257 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1260 val
= ((extend
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend
& 0x3e0) << 11)
1261 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 21) | insn
;
1263 val
= extend
<< 16 | insn
;
1266 val
= ((extend
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn
& 0xffe0) << 11)
1267 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 11) | (extend
& 0x7e0) | (insn
& 0x1f);
1268 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
1272 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1273 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1275 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1277 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1278 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1281 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
1282 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1286 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1287 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
1288 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
1292 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1298 insn
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
1299 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
1301 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, insn
, data
+ 2);
1302 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, extend
, data
);
1305 bfd_reloc_status_type
1306 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1307 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
1308 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
1312 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1314 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1317 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1319 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1320 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1322 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1323 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1325 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1326 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1328 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
1330 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1331 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1332 an external symbol. */
1334 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1335 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1337 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1339 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1341 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1342 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1346 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
1349 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1351 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1354 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1355 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1356 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1361 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
1363 asection
*input_section
;
1367 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1369 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
1371 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1372 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1373 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1375 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1376 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1377 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1378 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1380 bfd_reloc_status_type
1381 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1382 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
1383 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1384 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1386 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
1388 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1389 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1391 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
1393 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1395 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
1397 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
1398 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
1401 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1402 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1404 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1407 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1408 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1409 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1411 bfd_reloc_status_type
1412 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1413 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1414 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1416 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
1417 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
1418 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
1419 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1420 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1421 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1424 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1425 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1428 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1429 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1430 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1432 bfd_reloc_status_type
1433 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1434 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1435 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1438 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1440 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1441 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1443 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1445 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
1446 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1449 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
1451 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
1452 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
1454 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
1456 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1457 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1458 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1459 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1460 has a rightshift of 0. */
1461 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
1462 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
1464 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1465 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1466 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1468 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
1469 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
1471 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1474 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
1478 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1479 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1483 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1484 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1485 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1487 bfd_reloc_status_type
1488 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1489 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1490 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1491 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1494 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1495 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
1497 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
1499 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1500 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1502 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1504 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1506 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1507 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1508 offset or address. */
1509 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1510 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1515 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1516 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1517 val
+= symbol
->value
;
1518 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1520 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
1521 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
1522 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
1526 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1527 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1528 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1529 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1530 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1531 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
1534 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1536 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1537 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1539 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1540 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1542 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1544 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1547 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1552 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1554 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1557 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1558 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1561 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
1564 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1565 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1569 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
1570 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
1572 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1573 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1577 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
1578 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
1580 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1581 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1582 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1583 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1584 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1585 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1589 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
1590 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
1594 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1595 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1596 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1597 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1598 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1599 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1600 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1603 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1604 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1605 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1608 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1611 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1612 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1613 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1614 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1615 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1616 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1620 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
1621 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1623 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1624 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1625 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1626 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1627 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1628 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1631 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1632 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1633 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1634 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1635 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1638 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1639 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
1641 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1642 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1643 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1644 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1645 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1646 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1647 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1651 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
1652 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1654 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1655 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1656 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1657 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1658 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1659 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1660 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1663 /* Swap in an options header. */
1666 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
1667 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
1669 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1670 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1671 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1672 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1675 /* Swap out an options header. */
1678 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
1679 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
1681 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1682 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1683 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1684 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1687 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1688 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1691 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1693 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1694 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1696 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1697 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1699 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1702 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1705 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1706 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1709 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1710 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1712 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1713 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1714 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1715 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1717 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
)
1718 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
));
1725 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1726 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1727 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1728 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1729 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1730 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1731 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1732 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1733 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1734 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1735 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1736 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1737 when generating a final executable. */
1740 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1742 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
1744 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1746 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1747 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1749 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1751 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
1752 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
1753 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1754 && !h
->root
.def_regular
1755 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
1757 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1758 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1759 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1760 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1761 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1769 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1772 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1773 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1774 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1775 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1776 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1777 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1779 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1780 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1784 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1786 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1787 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1788 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1790 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1791 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1792 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1794 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1796 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1797 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1798 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1799 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1801 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1803 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1804 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1805 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1808 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1810 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1811 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1812 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1817 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1818 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1820 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1821 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1822 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1823 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1826 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1828 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1829 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1830 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1831 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1832 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1833 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1834 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1835 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1836 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1837 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1838 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1839 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1840 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1841 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1842 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1843 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1844 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1846 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1850 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1851 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1854 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1855 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1856 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1857 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1859 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1860 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1861 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1862 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1864 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1865 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1866 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1867 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1868 + sec
->output_offset
1869 + output_section
->vma
);
1871 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1873 else if (h
->root
.needs_plt
)
1875 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1876 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1878 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1880 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1881 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1886 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1887 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1888 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1890 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1893 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1894 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1895 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1896 + sec
->output_offset
1897 + output_section
->vma
);
1899 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1904 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1905 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1908 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1915 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1918 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
1920 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
1921 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
1923 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1926 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1928 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1931 static INLINE hashval_t
1932 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
1935 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1941 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1942 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1946 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1948 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1950 return entry
->symndx
1951 + ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 17)
1952 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1954 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1955 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1959 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1961 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1962 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1964 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
1965 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1968 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1969 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1970 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1971 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1974 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1975 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1976 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1980 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1982 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1984 return entry
->symndx
1986 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1987 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
1988 ? ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1989 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM
<< 17)
1991 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)))
1992 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
1996 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1998 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1999 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2001 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
2002 if (e1
->tls_type
& e2
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2005 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
2006 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2009 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2010 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
2011 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
2012 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2013 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
2016 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2017 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2018 if creation fails. */
2021 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
2027 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
2028 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2029 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
2030 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
2032 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
2037 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2040 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
2041 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
2047 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
2050 mips_elf_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
)
2052 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
2054 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
2059 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
2060 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
2063 static struct mips_got_info
*
2064 mips_elf_got_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
**sgotp
)
2067 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2069 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
2070 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
2071 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
2072 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
2073 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2076 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
2081 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2082 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2086 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
2087 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2091 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2092 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2094 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
2095 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
2098 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2100 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2101 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2107 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2114 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2117 if ((tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) && info
->shared
)
2123 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2124 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2127 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1
, void *arg2
)
2129 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= * (struct mips_got_entry
**) arg1
;
2130 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2132 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
!= -1)
2133 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
, NULL
);
2138 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2139 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2142 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2144 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2145 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2146 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2148 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2150 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2156 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2157 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2160 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2162 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2163 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2164 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2166 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, hm
->tls_type
, &hm
->root
);
2171 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
2174 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2180 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
2182 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
2184 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
2185 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
2187 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
2189 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
2190 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2192 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
2195 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
2196 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2198 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
2199 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
2202 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
2205 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_offset
,
2206 unsigned char *tls_type_p
,
2207 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2208 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2212 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
2213 bfd_vma offset
, offset2
;
2215 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2217 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2218 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
2223 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2225 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
2226 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
2227 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
2230 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_DONE
)
2233 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2235 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2236 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2239 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
2240 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
2241 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
2242 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
2243 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
2245 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
2246 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
2248 /* General Dynamic. */
2249 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2251 offset
= got_offset
;
2252 offset2
= offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2256 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2257 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2258 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2259 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2262 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2263 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2264 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
2265 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset2
);
2267 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2268 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2272 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2273 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2274 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2275 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2278 got_offset
+= 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2281 /* Initial Exec model. */
2282 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2284 offset
= got_offset
;
2289 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
2290 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2292 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2293 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2295 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2296 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2297 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
2298 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2301 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
2302 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2305 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2307 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
2308 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
2309 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2310 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
2311 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2314 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2315 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
2317 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2318 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2319 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2320 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
2323 *tls_type_p
|= GOT_TLS_DONE
;
2326 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
2327 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
2328 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
2329 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
2332 mips_tls_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_index
, unsigned char *tls_type
,
2333 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2334 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, bfd_vma symbol
)
2336 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2337 || r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2339 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, got_index
, tls_type
, info
, h
, symbol
);
2341 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
)
2343 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
);
2344 if (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2345 return got_index
+ 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2350 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
)
2352 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
);
2356 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2358 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
);
2365 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
2366 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
2367 will be negative. */
2370 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2371 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2373 bfd_vma plt_index
, got_address
, got_value
;
2374 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2376 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
2377 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1);
2379 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
2380 plt_index
= (h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
) / htab
->plt_entry_size
;
2382 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
2383 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
2384 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
2387 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2388 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
2389 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2390 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2392 return got_address
- got_value
;
2395 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE, which was derived from
2396 a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION. If there is not yet a GOT
2397 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
2398 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
2399 offset can be found. */
2402 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2403 asection
*input_section
, bfd_vma value
,
2404 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2405 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
2408 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2409 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2411 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2413 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2414 input_section
, value
,
2415 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
2419 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2421 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && g
->next
== NULL
)
2422 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
2423 hash table entry to track the index. */
2424 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, h
->tls_got_offset
, &h
->tls_type
,
2425 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
2427 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, entry
->gotidx
, &entry
->tls_type
,
2428 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
2431 return entry
->gotidx
;
2434 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
2437 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2438 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2442 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
2443 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
2445 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
2446 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
2448 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
2450 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
2452 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2453 if (g
->next
!= gg
|| TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2457 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
2460 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
2462 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
2464 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2466 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2467 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2468 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2469 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2470 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2471 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2472 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2474 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, p
->gotidx
, &p
->tls_type
, r_type
,
2475 info
, e
.d
.h
, value
);
2482 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
2483 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
2485 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2487 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2488 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2489 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2491 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2492 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2493 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2494 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2495 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2496 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2498 index
= mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, hm
->tls_got_offset
, &hm
->tls_type
,
2499 r_type
, info
, hm
, value
);
2503 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
2504 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
2505 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
2507 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
2508 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
2509 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2511 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->size
);
2516 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE, which was
2517 calculated from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION. These entries
2518 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e., within
2519 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no entry
2520 could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
2521 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
2524 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2525 asection
*input_section
, bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
2528 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2529 bfd_vma page
, index
;
2530 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2532 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2534 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
2535 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2536 input_section
, page
, 0,
2537 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
2542 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
2545 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
2550 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS_GOT16 relocation against VALUE,
2551 which was calculated from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION.
2552 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was against a global symbol
2553 that has been forced local. */
2556 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2557 asection
*input_section
, bfd_vma value
,
2558 bfd_boolean external
)
2561 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2562 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2564 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
2565 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
2566 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
2567 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
2569 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
2571 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2573 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2574 input_section
, value
, 0,
2575 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
2577 return entry
->gotidx
;
2582 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
2586 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2587 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma index
)
2591 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2593 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
2594 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
2595 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
2597 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
2600 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
2601 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
2602 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
2605 static struct mips_got_entry
*
2606 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2607 bfd
*ibfd
, struct mips_got_info
*gg
,
2608 asection
*sgot
, asection
*input_section
,
2609 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
2610 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2613 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2614 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2615 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2617 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
2621 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
2624 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
2627 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
2628 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2631 /* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local. Use the
2632 global entry then. It doesn't matter whether an entry is local
2633 or global for TLS, since the dynamic linker does not
2634 automatically relocate TLS GOT entries. */
2635 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->root
.forced_local
);
2636 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2638 struct mips_got_entry
*p
;
2641 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2643 entry
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_LDM
;
2649 entry
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
2655 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)
2656 htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &entry
);
2662 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2667 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2670 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2675 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2677 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
2679 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
2680 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
2681 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2682 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
2683 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2687 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
2688 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
2690 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. Because
2691 the offset between segments is not fixed, the relocation must be
2692 against a symbol in the same segment as the original symbol.
2693 The easiest way to do this is to take INPUT_SECTION's output
2694 section and emit a relocation against its section symbol. */
2695 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
2697 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
2698 asection
*s
, *output_section
;
2700 bfd_vma got_address
;
2703 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
2704 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2705 dynindx
= elf_section_data (output_section
)->dynindx
;
2706 got_address
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
2707 + sgot
->output_offset
2710 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
2711 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
2712 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
2713 outrel
.r_addend
= value
- output_section
->vma
;
2714 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
2720 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2721 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2722 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2723 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2724 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2725 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2728 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned long max_local
)
2730 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
2731 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2734 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2736 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
2739 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
2740 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
2741 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2742 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2743 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2744 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2745 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2746 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2747 too large offsets. */
2748 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
2749 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
2750 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
2751 elf_hash_table (info
)),
2752 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
2755 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2756 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2757 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
2758 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
2759 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
2761 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2762 table index in the GOT. */
2763 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
2768 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2769 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2773 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2775 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
2777 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2778 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2780 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2782 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
2785 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2786 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2787 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2789 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
2791 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2793 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2794 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2795 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2797 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2798 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2801 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2803 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2804 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2810 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2811 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2815 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2816 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2817 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2818 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2820 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2822 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2824 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2826 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2830 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2833 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2837 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
2838 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2842 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2845 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2848 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2849 need to do it again. */
2852 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2856 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2862 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2864 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2866 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2869 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2870 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2871 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2878 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2879 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2882 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
2883 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2884 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2886 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2889 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2890 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2891 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2892 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2893 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2897 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
))
2900 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2902 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
))
2905 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2913 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2914 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
)
2916 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
)
2918 else if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
2920 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_TWO
;
2926 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2930 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2935 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2940 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2943 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2945 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2946 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2948 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2951 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2954 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2956 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2957 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2958 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2959 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2961 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2964 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
2965 be the master GOT data. */
2967 static struct mips_got_info
*
2968 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2970 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2976 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2977 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2980 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2981 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2985 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2987 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2988 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2989 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2990 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2991 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
2994 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2996 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2997 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
2998 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
3004 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
3005 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
3015 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
3016 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
3017 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3024 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3025 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
3027 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
3029 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
3030 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3031 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
3032 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3033 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3043 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
3044 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3045 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
3050 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3052 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
3054 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3057 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
3065 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
3066 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
3067 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
3068 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
3069 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
3070 and then make make the new got current. */
3073 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
3075 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
3076 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
3077 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
3078 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
3079 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
3080 unsigned int tcount
= bfd2got
->g
->tls_gotno
;
3081 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
3082 bfd_boolean too_many_for_tls
= FALSE
;
3084 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
3085 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
3086 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
3087 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
3090 unsigned int primary_total
= lcount
+ tcount
+ arg
->global_count
;
3091 if (primary_total
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (bfd2got
->bfd
)
3092 >= MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (arg
->info
))
3093 too_many_for_tls
= TRUE
;
3096 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
3097 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
3098 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
3099 && ! too_many_for_tls
)
3101 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
3102 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
3104 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
3105 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
3106 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
3107 else if (arg
->primary
&& ! too_many_for_tls
3108 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
) <= maxcnt
)
3110 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
3111 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
3112 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
3113 int old_tcount
= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
3115 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
3117 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
3118 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
3120 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
3123 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
3124 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
3125 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
3128 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
3129 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
3130 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
);
3132 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
3133 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
+ arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
3135 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
3136 else if (arg
->current
3137 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
)
3139 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
3140 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
3141 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
3142 int old_tcount
= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
3144 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
3146 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
3147 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
3149 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
3152 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
3154 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
3155 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
3156 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
);
3158 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
3159 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
+ arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
3161 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
3162 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
3163 overflows anyway. */
3166 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
3167 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
3169 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
+ 2 * tcount
;
3175 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
3176 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
3179 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3181 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3182 struct mips_got_info
*g
= p
;
3185 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
3186 if (entry
->tls_type
== 0)
3189 next_index
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry
->abfd
) * (long) g
->tls_assigned_gotno
;
3191 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && g
->next
== NULL
)
3193 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3194 hash table entry to track its index. */
3195 if (entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
)
3197 entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
|= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
;
3198 entry
->d
.h
->tls_got_offset
= next_index
;
3202 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
3204 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
3205 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
3206 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
3207 if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_TWO
&& g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
3209 entry
->gotidx
= g
->tls_ldm_offset
;
3212 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= next_index
;
3214 entry
->gotidx
= next_index
;
3217 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
3218 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
3219 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 2;
3220 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3221 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 1;
3226 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
3227 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
3228 got) to the given VALUE.
3230 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
3231 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
3232 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
3233 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
3234 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
3235 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
3236 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
3237 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
3240 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3242 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3243 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
3244 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
3245 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
3247 if (g
&& entry
->tls_type
!= GOT_NORMAL
)
3248 arg
->needed_relocs
+=
3249 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3250 entry
->symndx
== -1 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3252 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
3253 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1
3254 && entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
)
3258 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
3260 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
3261 if (arg
->info
->shared
3262 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3263 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
3264 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
3265 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
3268 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
3274 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
3275 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
3277 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp
, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3279 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3281 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
3282 && entry
->symndx
== -1
3283 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
3284 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
3289 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
3290 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
3291 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
3292 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
3293 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
3294 the traversal must be restarted. */
3296 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3298 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3299 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
3301 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3303 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
3305 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3306 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3307 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3309 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
3314 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
3315 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
3316 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
3318 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
3319 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3322 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
3323 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
3325 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
3328 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
3329 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
3335 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
3338 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3344 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
3346 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
3347 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
3350 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
3353 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
3356 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
3358 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3361 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
3365 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
3369 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
3370 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3373 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
3374 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
3377 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3378 struct mips_got_info
*g
, asection
*got
,
3379 bfd_size_type pages
)
3381 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
3382 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
3383 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
3384 unsigned int assign
;
3386 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
3387 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3388 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3391 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
3392 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
3393 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
3395 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
3396 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
3397 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3398 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3401 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
3402 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
3403 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
3404 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
3405 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
3406 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
3407 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
3408 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
) - pages
);
3409 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
3410 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
3412 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
3414 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
3415 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
3416 to be the primary GOT. */
3417 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3418 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3421 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
3422 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
3424 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
3425 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3426 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
3429 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3430 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
3431 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
3432 g
->next
->tls_gotno
= 0;
3433 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3434 g
->next
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
3435 g
->next
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3436 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
3437 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
3439 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3441 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
3444 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
3445 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
3447 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
3451 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
3452 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
3453 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
3454 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
3457 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
3460 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
3461 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
3468 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
3470 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
3474 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
3475 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
3476 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
3479 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
3480 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
3481 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
3482 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
3483 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
3484 follows IRIX's practice.
3486 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
3487 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
3488 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
3489 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
3493 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
3494 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
3495 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
3499 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
3500 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
3501 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
3502 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
3503 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
3504 their entries can be omitted. */
3505 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3506 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
3509 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
3510 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
3511 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
3512 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3513 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3514 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
3515 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3516 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3517 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
3520 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
3521 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
3522 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
3523 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
3524 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
3525 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
3526 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
3527 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
3528 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
3529 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
3530 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
3531 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
3532 points back to the master GOT. */
3533 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
3534 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
3541 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
3543 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3544 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
3545 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
3546 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
3548 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
3549 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
3550 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
3555 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
3556 all non-TLS entries. */
3557 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
3558 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
3560 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
3563 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
3566 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_no_stub
, NULL
);
3570 got
->size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
3571 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
3572 + gg
->next
->tls_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3578 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
3579 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
3581 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
3582 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
3583 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3584 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
3586 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3588 while (relocation
< relend
)
3590 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
3591 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
3597 /* We didn't find it. */
3598 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3602 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
3605 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3606 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3607 asection
**local_sections
,
3608 bfd_boolean check_forced
)
3610 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3611 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3612 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3615 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3616 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3617 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3619 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
3621 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
3626 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
3627 was forced local. */
3628 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3629 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
3630 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3631 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3632 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3633 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3634 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3641 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
3644 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3646 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
3647 /* VALUE is negative. */
3648 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
3653 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
3654 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
3658 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3660 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
3662 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
3663 /* The value is too big. */
3665 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
3666 /* The value is too small. */
3673 /* Calculate the %high function. */
3676 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
3678 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
3681 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
3684 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3687 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
3694 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
3697 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3700 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
3707 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
3710 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
3711 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3714 register asection
*s
;
3716 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
3718 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3721 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
3723 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
3724 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
3727 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
3733 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
3736 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3737 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
)
3740 register asection
*s
;
3741 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3742 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
3743 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3745 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3747 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3749 /* This function may be called more than once. */
3750 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
3753 if (! maybe_exclude
)
3754 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3758 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3759 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3762 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3764 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
3765 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
3766 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3768 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
3771 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
3772 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
3773 are not creating a global offset table. */
3775 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3776 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
3777 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
3780 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
3783 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
3784 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
3787 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3790 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
3791 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3794 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3795 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
3797 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3798 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3801 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3802 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3803 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3804 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3806 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
3807 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
3808 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
3810 /* VxWorks also needs a .got.plt section. */
3811 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3813 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
3814 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3815 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3816 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
3824 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
3825 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
3826 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
3829 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3831 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
3833 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
3834 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
3837 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
3838 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
3839 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
3841 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
3842 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
3843 relocation must be JALX.
3845 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
3846 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
3847 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
3848 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
3850 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3851 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
3852 asection
*input_section
,
3853 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3854 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3855 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3856 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
3857 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
3858 const char **namep
, bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
,
3859 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
3861 /* The eventual value we will return. */
3863 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
3866 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
3867 shared object file being produced. */
3868 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
3869 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
3872 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
3873 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
3874 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
3875 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
3876 during execution. */
3877 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
3878 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
3880 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
3881 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
3882 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3884 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
3885 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3886 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
3887 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
3888 "__gnu_local_gp". */
3889 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
3890 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3892 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3894 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3895 relocation value. */
3896 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
3897 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3898 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
3899 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3902 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3903 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3905 /* Parse the relocation. */
3906 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3907 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3908 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3909 + input_section
->output_offset
3910 + relocation
->r_offset
);
3912 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3913 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3915 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3916 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3917 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3918 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3919 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3920 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3921 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3922 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3925 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3926 must come before globals. */
3930 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3933 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3935 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3936 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3938 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3939 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3940 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3941 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3942 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3943 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3945 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3947 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3950 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3951 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3954 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3955 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3956 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3959 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3961 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3965 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3967 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3968 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3969 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3970 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3971 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3972 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3973 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3975 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3976 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3978 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3979 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3980 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3981 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3983 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3984 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3985 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
3986 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
3987 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3991 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
3992 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3993 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
3994 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
3997 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3998 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3999 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
4001 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4002 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4003 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
4005 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4006 if (sec
->output_section
)
4007 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
4008 + sec
->output_section
->vma
4009 + sec
->output_offset
);
4011 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
4013 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4014 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
4015 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
4016 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
4019 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
4020 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
4022 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
4023 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
4025 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
4026 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
4027 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
4028 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
4029 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
4031 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
4032 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
4035 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
4037 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
4038 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
4039 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
4040 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
4041 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
4042 which is available from here:
4043 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
4048 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
4049 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
4050 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
4051 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
4052 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
))))
4053 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4057 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
4060 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
4061 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
4063 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
4064 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
4065 || (local_p
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
4066 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
4067 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
4069 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
4070 have already noticed that we were going to need the
4073 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
4076 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
4080 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4081 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
4082 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
4084 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
4085 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
4086 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
4088 && (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
4089 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
4091 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
4092 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
4094 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
4099 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
4101 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
),
4102 CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
4104 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
4111 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
4114 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
4116 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
4117 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4120 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
4121 special jalx instruction. */
4122 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocatable
4123 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
4124 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
4126 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4127 local_sections
, TRUE
);
4129 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
4130 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
4133 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
4134 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
4135 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
4137 local_p
= local_p
|| _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h
->root
, info
, 1);
4138 if (local_p
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
)
4144 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
4145 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
4146 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
4147 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
4148 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
4150 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
4151 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
4152 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
4153 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
4155 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
4156 sec
, 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
4158 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4162 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
4163 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
4164 if (htab
->is_vxworks
4165 && (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
4166 || r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
4167 || r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
))
4169 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
4170 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
4171 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
4175 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
4176 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
4177 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
4179 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
4180 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, input_bfd
,
4181 &h
->root
, r_type
, info
);
4182 if (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
4183 && (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4185 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.forced_local
)
4186 && h
->root
.def_regular
)))
4188 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
4189 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
4190 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
4191 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
4192 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
4196 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
4197 && (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
|| (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)))
4198 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
4202 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, sec
,
4203 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
4205 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4208 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
4209 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
4214 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
4215 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
4216 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
4219 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
4220 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
4221 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
4223 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
),
4234 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
4235 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
4236 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
4238 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
4242 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4243 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4245 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4246 + input_section
->output_offset
4247 + relocation
->r_offset
);
4248 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
4249 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
4250 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
4252 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
4255 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
4259 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4262 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
4263 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4270 || (!htab
->is_vxworks
4271 && htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
4273 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
4274 && !h
->root
.def_regular
))
4276 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4278 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
4279 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
4280 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
4281 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
4284 In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
4285 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
4286 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
4288 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
4296 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4300 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4301 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4305 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4309 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
4310 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4314 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
4315 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
4316 the output file that's different. That's handled in
4317 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
4318 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
4321 value
= ((addend
| ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
4324 value
= (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
4325 if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4326 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> 28);
4328 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4331 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
4332 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
4336 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
4337 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4340 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
4341 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
4345 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
4346 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4353 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
4354 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4358 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
4359 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
4360 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
4364 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
4365 $pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce
4366 both reloc addends by 4. */
4367 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
4368 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 4);
4370 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
4371 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4378 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4381 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
4382 for this conditional. */
4383 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
4384 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
;
4386 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
4387 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
4388 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
4389 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
4390 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
4393 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
4394 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
4397 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
4398 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
4399 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
4400 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
4401 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
4402 not check for overflow here. */
4406 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
4407 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
4408 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
4409 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
4414 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
4415 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
4416 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
4417 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
4418 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
4419 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
4420 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
4421 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
4422 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
4423 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
4424 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
4425 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
4426 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
4427 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
4428 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
4429 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
4433 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4438 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
4439 R_MIPS_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
4440 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
4444 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4445 local_sections
, FALSE
);
4446 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, sec
,
4447 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
4448 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4449 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4451 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4452 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4459 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
4460 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
4461 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
4464 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4467 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
4468 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
4470 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4474 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
4475 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
4476 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
4477 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
4478 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4481 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
4482 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
4483 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
4484 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
4485 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
4487 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
4488 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4491 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
4492 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
4493 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
4496 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
4497 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
4498 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
4502 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, sec
,
4503 symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
4504 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4505 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4506 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4507 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4510 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
4512 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, sec
,
4513 symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
4516 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4520 value
= symbol
- addend
;
4521 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4525 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
4526 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4529 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
4530 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
4531 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4534 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
4535 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
4536 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4540 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
4541 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
4542 branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */
4543 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->root
.plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
4544 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4545 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4549 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4550 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4551 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
4552 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4555 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
4556 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
4559 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
4561 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
4564 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
4567 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4568 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4569 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
4572 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4574 /* Obtain the bytes. */
4575 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
4580 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
4581 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
4582 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
4583 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
4584 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
4585 unconditionally converted to JALX.
4587 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
4590 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4591 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4592 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4593 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
4594 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
4595 bfd_boolean require_jalx
)
4599 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4601 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
4602 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4604 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
4606 /* Obtain the current value. */
4607 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
4609 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
4610 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
4612 /* Set the field. */
4613 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
4615 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
4619 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
4620 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
4622 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
4623 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
4625 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
4630 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
4634 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
4637 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4638 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
4641 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
4642 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4646 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
4647 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
4650 /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch
4651 prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we
4652 see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this
4653 transformation should be safe for all architectures. */
4654 if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd
) == bfd_mach_mips9000
4655 && !info
->relocatable
4657 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
&& (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
4658 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
&& x
== 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */
4664 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4665 + input_section
->output_offset
4666 + relocation
->r_offset
4668 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
4669 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
4673 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
4674 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
4677 /* Put the value into the output. */
4678 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
4680 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
4686 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
4689 mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
)
4691 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
4693 return (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
4694 || strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
4695 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0);
4698 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4701 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4705 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4707 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4708 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4709 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4711 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4712 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4717 /* Make room for a null element. */
4718 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4721 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4725 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
4726 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
4727 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
4728 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
4731 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
4732 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4733 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4734 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4735 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
4736 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
4738 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
4743 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
4744 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4746 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4747 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
4748 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4749 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4750 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
4751 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
4752 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
4755 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
4756 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
4757 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
4758 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
4759 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
4760 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
4762 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
4763 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
4766 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
4768 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
4769 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
4770 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
4775 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
4776 in the relocation. */
4778 && (!h
->root
.def_regular
4779 || (info
->shared
&& !info
->symbolic
&& !h
->root
.forced_local
)))
4781 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
4782 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4783 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
4785 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
4786 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
4787 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
4788 undefined symbols. */
4793 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
4795 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
4797 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4802 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
4807 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
4808 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
4809 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
4810 local symbols because we used to generate them
4811 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
4812 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
4813 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
4814 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
4815 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
4816 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
4818 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
4819 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
4820 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
4821 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
4822 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4827 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
4828 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
4829 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
4830 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
4831 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4834 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4835 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
4836 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
4838 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
4839 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
4840 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
4843 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
4844 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
4845 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
4846 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
4847 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
4848 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
4849 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
4850 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
4851 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
4852 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
4853 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
4854 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
4855 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
4856 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
4859 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
4861 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
4862 correct location in the output file. */
4863 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4864 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4865 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4866 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4867 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4868 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4870 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
4871 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
4872 relocation format is non-standard. */
4873 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
4875 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
4876 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4878 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
4880 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4882 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
4883 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
4884 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
4885 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4887 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
4890 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
4891 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4892 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
4894 /* We've now added another relocation. */
4895 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
4897 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
4898 will be writing to it. */
4899 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
4902 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4903 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4905 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
4910 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
4912 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
4913 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
4914 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
4915 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4916 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
4917 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
4919 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
4920 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
4921 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
4923 cr
= (scpt
->contents
4924 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
4925 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
4926 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
4927 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
4928 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
4929 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4933 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
4934 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
4936 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
4937 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
4942 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4945 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
4947 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4949 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4950 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4952 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4953 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4955 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4956 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4958 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4959 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4961 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4962 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4964 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4965 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4967 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4968 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4970 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4971 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
4973 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
4974 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
4976 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
4977 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
4980 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
4984 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
4987 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
4990 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
4993 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
4996 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
4998 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
4999 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
5001 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
5002 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
5004 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
5005 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
5007 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
5008 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
5015 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
5017 static INLINE
char *
5018 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
5022 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
5023 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
5026 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
5028 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
5032 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
5034 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
5036 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
5038 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
5041 return "unknown abi";
5045 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
5046 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
5047 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
5048 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
5049 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
5050 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
5051 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5052 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
5054 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
5055 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
5056 definition in a shared library. */
5057 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
5058 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5059 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
5061 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
5062 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5065 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
5067 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
5069 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
5070 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
5072 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
5073 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
5074 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
5075 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
5076 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
5077 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
5078 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
5080 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
5081 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
5082 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
5083 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5084 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5085 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
5086 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
5087 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
5088 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5089 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5091 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5095 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5096 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
5097 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
5098 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
5099 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
5102 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
5103 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
5105 /* Initialize the small common section. */
5106 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
5107 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
5108 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5109 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5110 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
5111 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
5112 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
5113 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5114 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5116 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5117 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5120 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
5121 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
5126 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
5128 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
5129 if (section
!= NULL
)
5131 asym
->section
= section
;
5132 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
5133 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
5134 base address to make it an offset. */
5135 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
5142 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
5144 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
5145 if (section
!= NULL
)
5147 asym
->section
= section
;
5148 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
5149 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
5150 base address to make it an offset. */
5151 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
5158 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
5159 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
5161 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
5162 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
5163 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
5164 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
5165 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
5167 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
5168 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
5169 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
5170 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
5172 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
5173 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
5174 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
5175 We therefore take the following approach:
5177 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
5178 determine the pointer size.
5180 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
5181 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
5185 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
5186 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
5187 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
5188 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
5189 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
5191 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
5192 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
5196 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
5198 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
5200 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
5202 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
5204 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
5205 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
5206 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
5213 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
5214 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
5215 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
5224 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
5225 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
5226 same address. For example, if we have code like:
5228 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
5229 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
5232 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
5233 will jump there rather than to .text.
5235 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
5236 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
5239 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
5241 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
5244 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
5245 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
5246 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
5250 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
5252 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
5253 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
5257 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
5258 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
5261 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
5264 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5265 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
5269 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
5270 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5271 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
5272 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
5274 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
5276 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
5277 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
5278 so that we don't have to read them again.
5279 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
5280 through the section contents to see if there is an
5281 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
5283 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
5285 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5286 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
5288 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
5290 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
5292 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
5294 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5295 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
5296 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
5299 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5306 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
5307 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
5310 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5311 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
5314 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5321 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
5322 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
5325 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5326 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
5333 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
5335 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
5337 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5338 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
5339 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
5341 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5342 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5344 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
5346 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5347 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
5349 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
5351 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5352 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5354 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
5357 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5359 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
5361 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
5363 unsigned int adjust
;
5365 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
5367 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
5375 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
5376 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
5377 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
5379 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
5383 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
5384 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
5390 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
5391 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
5392 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
5393 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
5394 probably get away with this. */
5395 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
5397 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
5398 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
5402 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
5405 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
5406 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
5409 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
5410 if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
5413 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
5414 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
5417 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
5418 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
5420 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
5422 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
5423 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
5424 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
5426 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
5428 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
5429 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
5432 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
5433 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
5436 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
5437 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5440 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
5441 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
5444 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
5445 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
5448 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
5449 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
5450 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
5451 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
5458 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
5463 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5464 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
5470 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
5472 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
5473 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
5474 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
5475 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
5476 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
5478 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
5481 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5482 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
5484 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
5485 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
5488 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
5489 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
5490 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
5491 they should agree. */
5492 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
5494 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
5496 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
5497 if (contents
== NULL
)
5499 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
5506 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5507 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
5509 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
5511 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
5513 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
5515 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5516 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
5517 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
5520 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5522 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
5524 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
5526 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
5527 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5529 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5531 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5533 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
5535 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
5537 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
5538 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5540 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5550 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
5551 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
5552 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5555 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
5557 register const char *name
;
5558 unsigned int sh_type
;
5560 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5561 sh_type
= hdr
->sh_type
;
5563 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
5565 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
5566 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
5567 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5569 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
5570 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
5571 else if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
5573 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
5574 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
5575 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5577 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
5578 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
5579 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
5581 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
5582 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
5583 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5584 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5585 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5587 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5589 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
5591 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
5592 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
5593 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5594 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5596 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5597 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5599 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5602 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5604 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5605 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
5606 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
5607 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
5609 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5610 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5612 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
5613 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
5616 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
5617 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
5618 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5619 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
5620 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
5621 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
5622 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5623 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
5625 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
5626 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5628 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
5630 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
5631 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5632 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5634 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5636 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
5637 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5638 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5640 else if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
5641 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
5642 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
5644 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
5645 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
5646 final_write_processing. */
5648 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
5649 || strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
5650 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
5652 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
5653 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5654 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5656 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
5658 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
5659 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
5660 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
5663 /* In the unlikely event a special section is empty it has to lose its
5664 special meaning. This may happen e.g. when using `strip' with the
5665 "--only-keep-debug" option. */
5666 if (sec
->size
> 0 && !(sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5667 hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
5669 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
5670 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
5671 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
5672 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
5673 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
5678 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
5679 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
5680 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
5681 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
5682 the .scommon section. */
5685 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5686 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
5688 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
5690 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5693 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
5695 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
5701 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
5702 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
5705 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5706 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
5707 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5708 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
5710 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5711 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
5712 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
5714 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
5719 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
5720 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
5721 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
5722 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
5723 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
5724 is not done for them. */
5726 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
5727 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
5733 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
5736 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5737 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
5738 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
5739 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
5740 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
5743 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
5744 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
5745 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
5746 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
5750 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5751 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5753 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
5754 asection
*elf_text_section
;
5755 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5757 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5758 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5761 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5762 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5763 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
5766 /* Initialize the section. */
5768 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
5769 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5771 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5772 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
5774 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
5775 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5776 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5777 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5778 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
5779 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5780 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
5782 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5783 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5784 so I took it out. */
5785 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
5788 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
5789 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
5791 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5792 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5794 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
5795 asection
*elf_data_section
;
5796 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5798 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5799 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5802 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5803 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5804 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
5807 /* Initialize the section. */
5809 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
5810 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5812 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5813 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
5815 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
5816 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5817 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5818 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5819 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
5820 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5821 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
5823 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5824 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5825 so I took it out. */
5826 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
5829 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
5830 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
5834 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5836 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
5837 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
5839 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5840 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5842 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
5844 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5845 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
5846 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5849 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5852 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5854 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5857 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
5860 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
5861 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
5862 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
5863 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5869 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
5870 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
5871 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
5874 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
5875 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5876 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
5877 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5879 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
5880 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
5881 common in the output file. */
5882 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
5883 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
5884 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5886 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5887 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
5892 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
5894 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
5897 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5899 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5900 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5902 register asection
*s
;
5903 const char * const *namep
;
5904 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5906 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5907 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5908 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
5910 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
5912 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
5914 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5917 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
5922 /* We need to create .got section. */
5923 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
5926 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
5929 /* Create .stub section. */
5930 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5931 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
5933 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
5934 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
5937 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5938 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5942 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
5944 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
5946 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
5947 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
5949 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5950 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5954 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
5955 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
5956 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
5957 the linker takes such action. */
5958 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
5960 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
5963 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5964 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
5965 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5968 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5971 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
5973 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5977 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
5978 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5980 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
5984 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
5985 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
5987 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5988 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
5990 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5991 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
5993 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5994 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
5996 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5997 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5999 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6006 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
6008 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6009 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
6010 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6013 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6016 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
6018 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6021 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
6023 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
6024 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
6025 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
6026 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
6027 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
6028 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6030 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
6032 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6033 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
6034 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6037 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6040 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6042 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6047 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6049 /* Create the .plt, .rela.plt, .dynbss and .rela.bss sections.
6050 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
6051 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
6054 /* Cache the sections created above. */
6055 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynbss");
6056 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
6057 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
6058 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
6060 || (!htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
6065 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
6066 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
6069 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
6072 htab
->plt_header_size
6073 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
6074 htab
->plt_entry_size
6075 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
6079 htab
->plt_header_size
6080 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
6081 htab
->plt_entry_size
6082 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
6089 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
6090 allocate space in the global offset table. */
6093 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6094 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
6098 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6099 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6100 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
6102 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6103 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
6106 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6107 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6109 if (info
->relocatable
)
6112 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6113 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6114 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6115 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
6116 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6118 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
6120 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
6121 if (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0)
6123 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6125 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
6128 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
6130 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
6131 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
6135 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
6136 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
6137 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
6138 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6140 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
6141 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
6143 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
6144 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
6145 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
6146 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), FN_STUB
,
6147 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
6148 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_STUB
,
6149 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
6150 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
6151 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
6155 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
6157 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
6160 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
6161 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
6162 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
6163 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
6166 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
6175 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
6176 not need it. Since this function is called before
6177 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
6178 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
6180 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6184 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
6186 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
6188 unsigned long symcount
;
6192 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
6193 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
6195 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6196 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
6197 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6200 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
6203 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
6205 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
6206 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
6207 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
6208 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
6212 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6214 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6215 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6217 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6218 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6219 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6221 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
6224 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
6227 else if (strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
6228 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
6230 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6231 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6234 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
6237 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
6239 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
6240 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
6242 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
6243 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
6244 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
6245 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
6246 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
6247 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
6248 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6252 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6253 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6255 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
6257 if (strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
6258 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
6260 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
6262 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
6263 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
6264 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
6265 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
6266 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
6267 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
6268 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
6269 it is slightly faster to check now. */
6270 if (*loc
!= NULL
|| h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
6272 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6277 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
6287 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6292 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6293 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6294 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6299 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6300 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6301 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
6303 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6304 unsigned int r_type
;
6305 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6307 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6308 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6310 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
6312 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
6314 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6315 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
6317 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6322 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
6324 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
6327 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6328 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6332 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
6333 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
6339 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6340 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6341 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6342 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6343 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6344 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6345 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6346 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6348 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6350 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6351 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
6353 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
6354 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
6356 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6357 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
6358 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
6359 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6367 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
6368 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
6369 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
6371 && (info
->shared
|| (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
))
6372 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6373 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6383 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_relocation_target
= TRUE
;
6385 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
6386 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
6387 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
6388 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
6392 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
6396 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
6399 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
6400 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
6401 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
6402 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
&& htab
->is_vxworks
))
6404 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
6405 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
6406 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
6407 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
6408 R_MIPS_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
6409 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
6410 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
6411 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
6412 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
6413 rel
->r_addend
, g
, 0))
6422 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6423 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
6424 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
6425 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6430 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6431 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6434 /* VxWorks call relocations point the function's .got.plt
6435 entry, which will be allocated by adjust_dynamic_symbol.
6436 Otherwise, this symbol requires a global GOT entry. */
6437 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
6438 && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6441 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
6442 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
6443 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
6449 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6450 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
6451 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
6456 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6457 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6459 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6460 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6461 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6462 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6464 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
6465 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
6466 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
6472 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6473 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6474 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6475 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6479 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6481 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
6484 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6485 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
6493 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
6494 for TLS GD relocations. */
6496 unsigned char flag
= (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
6498 : r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
6503 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6504 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6505 hmips
->tls_type
|= flag
;
6507 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, flag
))
6512 BFD_ASSERT (flag
== GOT_TLS_LDM
|| r_symndx
!= 0);
6514 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
6515 rel
->r_addend
, g
, flag
))
6524 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
6525 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
6526 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
6527 if ((info
->shared
|| (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
))
6528 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6532 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
6538 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6539 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
6540 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
6541 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
6542 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
6543 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
6544 relocations against the text segment. */
6545 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6549 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6551 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
6552 defined in a dynamic object. */
6553 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6554 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
6555 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
6556 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
6557 are relocations against the text segment. */
6558 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
6561 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
6562 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
6563 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
6564 dynamic relocations against it. This does not apply
6565 to VxWorks, which does not have the usual coupling
6566 between global GOT entries and .dynsym entries. */
6567 if (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
6570 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6571 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
6573 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
6574 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6579 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6580 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6581 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6586 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_branch_target
= TRUE
;
6591 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_branch_target
= TRUE
;
6594 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
6595 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
6596 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6597 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6598 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6599 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6602 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6603 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6604 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6605 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6609 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6610 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6611 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6612 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6620 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
6621 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
6622 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
6623 a normal .got entry. */
6624 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
!= NULL
)
6628 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6631 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6632 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6637 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
6638 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
6639 References from a stub section do not count. */
6641 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
6642 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), FN_STUB
,
6643 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) != 0
6644 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_STUB
,
6645 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) != 0
6646 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
6647 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) != 0)
6649 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
6651 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6652 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6660 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
6661 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6664 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
6665 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
6666 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6667 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6669 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
6670 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
6671 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6673 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
6676 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
6679 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6680 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6681 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6684 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
6685 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6686 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6687 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6689 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6692 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
6693 unsigned int r_type
;
6694 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6696 unsigned long instruction
;
6698 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
6699 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
6700 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
6701 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6702 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
6705 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6706 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
6707 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
6709 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
6710 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6711 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6713 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6714 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6715 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6717 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
6719 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6720 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6721 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
6722 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
6723 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
6726 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6727 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
6728 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
6729 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6730 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
6732 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
6736 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6738 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
6739 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
6741 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6742 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6743 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6744 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
6746 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6750 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
6751 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
6753 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6754 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6755 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
6756 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
6759 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
6760 symval
= isym
->st_value
6761 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6762 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
6765 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
6767 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
6768 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6770 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
6771 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
6776 /* Check that it's in range. */
6777 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
6780 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
6781 if (contents
== NULL
)
6783 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6784 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6785 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6788 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
6793 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6795 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
6796 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
6797 instruction
= 0x04110000;
6798 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
6799 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
6800 instruction
= 0x10000000;
6804 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
6805 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6806 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
6809 if (contents
!= NULL
6810 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6812 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6816 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6817 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6823 if (contents
!= NULL
6824 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6829 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6830 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6831 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6832 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6836 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6837 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6840 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6842 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6844 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6845 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6847 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
6848 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
6850 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
6853 && !h
->def_regular
)));
6855 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
6856 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
6858 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6859 if (! info
->relocatable
6860 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
6861 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
6862 || !h
->def_regular
))
6864 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
6865 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
6866 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
6867 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
6868 against the text segment. */
6869 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6872 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
6873 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
6876 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6879 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
6880 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
6881 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
6882 executable and the shared library. */
6883 if (!h
->def_regular
)
6885 /* We need .stub section. */
6886 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6887 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6888 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6890 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6891 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->size
;
6893 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
6894 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
6896 /* Make room for this stub code. */
6897 s
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
6899 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
6900 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
6904 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6907 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
6908 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
6909 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6913 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6914 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6915 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6916 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
6918 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6919 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
6920 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6921 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6925 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6926 is not a function. */
6931 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
6934 _bfd_mips_vxworks_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6935 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6938 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6939 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6940 unsigned int power_of_two
;
6942 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6943 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6944 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6946 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
6947 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
6950 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
6953 && !h
->def_regular
)));
6955 /* If the symbol is defined by a dynamic object, we need a PLT stub if
6956 either (a) we want to branch to the symbol or (b) we're linking an
6957 executable that needs a canonical function address. In the latter
6958 case, the canonical address will be the address of the executable's
6960 if ((hmips
->is_branch_target
6962 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6963 && hmips
->is_relocation_target
))
6967 && !h
->forced_local
)
6970 /* Locally-binding symbols do not need a PLT stub; we can refer to
6971 the functions directly. */
6972 else if (h
->needs_plt
6973 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
6974 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
6975 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)))
6983 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
6984 for the header, and for the header's .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
6985 if (htab
->splt
->size
== 0)
6987 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_header_size
;
6989 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
6992 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
6993 h
->plt
.offset
= htab
->splt
->size
;
6994 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
6996 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
6997 symbol's value to the address of the stub. For executables,
6998 point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy resolution stub;
6999 this stub will become the canonical function address. */
7000 if (!h
->def_regular
)
7002 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
7003 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->plt
.offset
;
7005 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+= 8;
7008 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
7009 htab
->sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
7010 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7012 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
7014 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7019 /* If a function symbol is defined by a dynamic object, and we do not
7020 need a PLT stub for it, the symbol's value should be zero. */
7021 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
7026 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7030 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
7031 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
7032 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
7033 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
7035 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7036 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
7037 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7038 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7042 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
7043 is not a function. */
7047 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
7048 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
7049 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
7050 object will contain position independent code, so all references
7051 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
7052 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
7053 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
7054 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
7055 same memory location for the variable. */
7057 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7059 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7063 /* We need to figure out the alignment required for this symbol. */
7064 power_of_two
= bfd_log2 (h
->size
);
7065 if (power_of_two
> 4)
7068 /* Apply the required alignment. */
7069 htab
->sdynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (htab
->sdynbss
->size
,
7070 (bfd_size_type
) 1 << power_of_two
);
7071 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sdynbss
)
7072 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sdynbss
, power_of_two
))
7075 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in the section. */
7076 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sdynbss
;
7077 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sdynbss
->size
;
7079 /* Increment the section size to make room for the symbol. */
7080 htab
->sdynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
7085 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
7086 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
7087 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
7088 the current linking stage. */
7090 static bfd_size_type
7091 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7093 bfd_size_type count
;
7096 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
7099 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7101 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7102 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
7103 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
7104 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
7105 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
7111 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
7112 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
7113 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
7116 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7117 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7123 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7125 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
7126 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
7127 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
7129 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg
;
7130 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7132 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7134 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
7135 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
7137 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
7139 if (! (info
->relocatable
7140 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
7141 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
7142 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
, NULL
);
7144 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7146 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
7149 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
7153 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
7154 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
7156 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
7158 asection
*subsection
;
7160 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
7162 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
7164 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
7166 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
7167 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
7171 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
7172 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
7173 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
7174 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
7176 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
7179 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
7180 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
7182 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
7183 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
7186 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
7187 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
7188 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
7190 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
7191 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
7193 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
7194 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
7195 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
7196 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
7198 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
7199 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
7201 loadable_size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
* (i
+ 1);
7203 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7204 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS_GOT16
7205 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
7206 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
7209 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
7210 sections. Is 5 enough? */
7211 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
7213 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
7214 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7216 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
7217 s
->size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7219 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
7220 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
7221 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
7222 count_tls_arg
.info
= info
;
7223 count_tls_arg
.needed
= 0;
7224 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7225 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries
,
7227 g
->tls_gotno
+= count_tls_arg
.needed
;
7228 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7230 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
7232 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
7233 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
7235 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
7237 if (! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
7242 /* Set up TLS entries for the first GOT. */
7243 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
7244 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
7250 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
7253 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7254 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7257 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
7258 bfd_boolean reltext
;
7259 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7261 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7262 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7263 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
7265 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7267 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
7268 if (info
->executable
)
7270 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
7271 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7273 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
7275 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
7279 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
7280 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
7284 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7288 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
7289 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
7290 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
7292 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
7295 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) == 0)
7299 const char *outname
;
7302 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
7303 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
7304 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
7305 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
7306 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
7308 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
7310 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
7312 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
7313 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7314 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
7317 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
7318 to copy relocs into the output file. */
7319 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
7322 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
7323 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
7324 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
7325 will move them around between input sections'
7326 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
7327 broken, so don't let it run. */
7328 info
->combreloc
= 0;
7331 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0)
7333 /* Executables do not need a GOT. */
7336 /* Allocate relocations for all but the reserved entries. */
7337 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7340 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
7341 count
= (g
->global_gotno
7343 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
));
7344 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, count
);
7347 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& strncmp (name
, ".got", 4) == 0)
7349 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
7350 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
7351 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
7353 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
7354 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
7355 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
7356 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
7360 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7361 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
7363 /* NOTE 2005-02-03: How can this call, or the next, ever
7364 find any indirect entries to resolve? They were all
7365 resolved in mips_elf_multi_got. */
7366 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
7367 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7369 unsigned int save_assign
;
7371 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
7373 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
7374 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
7375 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
7376 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
7377 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
7378 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
7379 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
7380 &set_got_offset_arg
);
7381 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
7382 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
7383 <= g
->global_gotno
);
7385 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
7388 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
7389 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
7390 + g
->next
->global_gotno
7391 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
7392 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
));
7398 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg
;
7402 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs
,
7404 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7405 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs
,
7408 needed_relocs
+= arg
.needed
;
7412 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
7415 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
7417 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
7418 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
7419 s
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
7421 else if (! info
->shared
7422 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7423 && strncmp (name
, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
7425 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
7426 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
7429 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
7430 && strncmp (name
, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
7431 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
7432 else if (strncmp (name
, ".init", 5) != 0
7433 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
7436 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
7442 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7446 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
7449 /* Allocate memory for this section last, since we may increase its
7451 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
7457 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
7458 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
7459 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7461 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
7466 /* Allocate memory for the .rel(a).dyn section. */
7467 if (sreldyn
!= NULL
)
7469 sreldyn
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, sreldyn
->size
);
7470 if (sreldyn
->contents
== NULL
)
7472 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
7477 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7479 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
7480 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
7481 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
7482 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
7483 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
7486 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
7487 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
7488 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
7490 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7492 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
7498 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
7499 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7501 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
7506 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
7507 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
7509 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
7511 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
7514 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
7515 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
7516 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
7517 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
7518 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
7521 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
7524 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7526 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
7527 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
7528 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
))
7530 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
7533 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
7536 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
7539 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
7541 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
7544 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
7547 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
7553 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
))
7555 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
7558 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
7561 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
7565 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
7568 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
7571 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
7574 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
7577 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
7580 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
7583 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
7586 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
7587 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
7590 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
7591 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
7592 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
7593 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
7601 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
7602 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
7603 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
7604 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
7607 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7608 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
7609 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7611 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
7612 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7615 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
, FALSE
))
7617 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7618 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
7619 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
7620 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
7621 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
7623 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
7624 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
7627 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7628 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7630 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
7631 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7633 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7634 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7637 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
7638 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
7639 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
7643 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
7646 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7647 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
7648 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7649 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
7650 asection
**local_sections
)
7652 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7653 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
7655 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
7656 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7658 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7659 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7660 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
7664 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7665 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
7666 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
7668 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
7669 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7672 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
7673 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
7675 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
7676 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
7677 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
7678 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
7679 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
7680 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
7681 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
7683 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
7685 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7689 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
7690 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
7691 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
7692 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
7693 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
7696 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
7698 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7700 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
7701 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
7702 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
7703 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
7704 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
7705 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
7706 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
7707 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7708 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
7709 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
7710 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
7712 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7714 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
7715 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
7717 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7718 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
7720 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
7722 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
7725 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
7727 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
7728 combination of the addend stored in two different
7730 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
7731 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
7732 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
7733 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
7736 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7737 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7738 bfd_byte
*lo16_location
;
7741 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
7742 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7744 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7746 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
7747 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
7748 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
7749 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
7752 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7754 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
7755 relocation must be immediately following.
7756 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
7757 may be a composed relocation consisting of
7758 several relocations for the same address. In
7759 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
7760 as one of these. We permit a similar extension
7761 in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
7762 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
,
7765 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7768 lo16_location
= contents
+ lo16_relocation
->r_offset
;
7770 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7771 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
,
7773 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
,
7775 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
, lo16_relocation
,
7776 input_bfd
, contents
);
7777 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
,
7779 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
7780 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7781 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7785 /* Compute the combined addend. */
7789 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
7792 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7793 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
7794 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
7797 if (info
->relocatable
)
7799 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
7800 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7803 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
7805 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
7806 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
7807 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
7808 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
7809 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
7810 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
7811 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
7812 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
7814 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
7816 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
7817 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
7818 source of the addend in the final link. */
7819 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
7821 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7822 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7823 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
7824 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
7825 but for endianness. */
7831 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
7833 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
7840 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7841 do two separate stores. */
7842 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7844 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7846 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
7852 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
7854 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
7855 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7856 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
7857 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7861 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
7862 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7867 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
7871 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
7872 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
7873 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
7875 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7876 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
7877 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
7878 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
7880 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
7882 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
7883 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
7884 input_section
, info
, rel
,
7885 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
7886 local_sections
, &value
,
7887 &name
, &require_jalx
,
7888 use_saved_addend_p
))
7890 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
7891 /* There's nothing to do. */
7894 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
7895 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
7896 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
7897 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
7898 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
7901 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
7902 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
7903 info
->callbacks
->warning
7904 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7907 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
7908 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
7909 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
7910 a given location. */
7914 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7915 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
7916 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
7917 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
7930 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
7931 until we reach the last one. */
7932 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
7938 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7939 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7940 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
7941 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
7942 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
7943 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
7944 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
7945 only a 32-bit VMA. */
7951 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
7953 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
7960 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7961 do two separate stores. */
7962 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7964 /* Undo what we did above. */
7966 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7968 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
7974 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
7976 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
7977 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7978 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
7979 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7983 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
7984 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
7985 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7986 contents
, require_jalx
))
7993 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
7994 adjust it appropriately now. */
7997 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7998 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8000 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
8001 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
8002 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
8005 "__dso_displacement",
8007 "__program_header_table",
8011 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
8019 const char* const *p
;
8022 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
8023 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
8026 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
8028 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
8030 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8031 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8033 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
8035 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
8037 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8043 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
8044 dynamic sections here. */
8047 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8048 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8049 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8050 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8054 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
8057 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8059 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8060 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8062 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
8065 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
8067 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
8069 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8071 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
8072 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
8073 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8075 BFD_ASSERT ((htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8076 || (h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff));
8078 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
8079 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
8081 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
8084 /* Fill the stub. */
8086 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
8088 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
8090 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8092 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
8096 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
8099 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
8100 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
8101 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8102 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
8103 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
8104 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
8106 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
8109 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->size
);
8110 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, htab
->function_stub_size
);
8112 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
8113 only for the referenced symbol. */
8114 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8116 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
8117 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
8118 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
8119 sym
->st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
8123 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
8124 || h
->forced_local
);
8126 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8127 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
8128 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8129 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8130 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8132 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
8133 the symbols that need them. */
8134 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
8135 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8140 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8141 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
, R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
8142 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8145 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->type
!= STT_TLS
)
8147 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
8153 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
8155 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
8158 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
8161 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
8166 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
8168 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
8169 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
8171 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
8172 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
8173 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
8174 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
8175 appropriate addend. */
8176 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
8178 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
8179 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
8180 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
8182 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
8183 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
8186 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
8187 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
8188 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
8192 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
8193 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8198 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
8199 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
8200 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
8201 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
8202 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8203 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
8204 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
8206 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8207 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8210 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
8212 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8213 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8214 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
8216 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
8218 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
8219 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
8221 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8222 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8224 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8226 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
8228 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8229 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8230 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
8231 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8233 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
8235 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
8236 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
8237 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
8238 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8242 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
8243 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
8244 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
8248 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8249 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
8250 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
8252 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
8253 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8254 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
8255 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, s
->contents
);
8256 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
8257 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
8259 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8260 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
8262 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
8263 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
8264 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
8265 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
8267 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
8271 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
8272 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
8273 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
8278 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
8281 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8282 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8283 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8284 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8288 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8289 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8291 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8292 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8294 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8297 bfd_vma plt_address
, plt_index
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
8298 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8299 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
8301 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8302 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
8303 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
8305 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
8306 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
8307 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
8310 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
8311 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
8312 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
8314 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
8315 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
8316 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
8319 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
8320 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
8321 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
8323 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
8324 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
8325 branch_offset
= -(h
->plt
.offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
8327 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
8328 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
8329 htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* 4);
8331 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
8332 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
8336 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
8337 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
8338 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
8342 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
8344 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
8345 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8346 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
8348 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
8349 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
8350 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
8351 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
8352 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
8353 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
8354 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
8355 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
8357 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
8358 + (plt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
8360 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
8361 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
8362 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8363 rel
.r_addend
= h
->plt
.offset
;
8364 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8366 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
8367 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8368 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
8369 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8370 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
8371 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8373 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
8374 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8376 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8377 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8380 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
8381 loc
= htab
->srelplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8382 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
8383 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
8385 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8387 if (!h
->def_regular
)
8388 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8391 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
8393 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8394 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
8395 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8396 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8397 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8399 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
8400 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
8401 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8404 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
8408 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
8409 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
,
8410 R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
8411 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8413 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
8414 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8415 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
8416 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
8417 + sgot
->output_offset
8419 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8420 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
8421 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
8424 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
8427 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8429 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8431 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8432 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
8433 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
8434 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
8436 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
8437 htab
->srelbss
->contents
8438 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
8439 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
8440 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
8443 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
8444 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
8445 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
8450 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
8451 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
8454 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8456 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
8458 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
8459 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
8460 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8462 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8463 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
8465 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
8466 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8467 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
8468 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
8470 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8471 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
8473 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
8474 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
8476 /* Install the PLT header. */
8477 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
8478 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
8479 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
8480 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
8481 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
8482 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
8483 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
8485 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
8486 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
8487 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
8488 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8490 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
8491 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8493 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
8494 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
8496 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8497 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
8498 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8500 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
8501 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
8502 in which symbols were output. */
8503 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
8505 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8507 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8508 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8509 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8510 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8512 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8513 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8514 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8515 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8517 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8518 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8519 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8520 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8524 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
8527 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8530 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8532 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8534 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
8535 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
8536 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
8537 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
8540 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
8543 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8544 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8549 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
8550 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8552 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8553 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8555 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
8557 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8562 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8563 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8564 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
8565 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
8566 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8569 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8572 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
8574 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
8575 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8577 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
8578 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
8579 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
8581 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
8585 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
8587 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
8588 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
8590 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
8596 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
8600 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8601 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
8605 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
8607 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
8612 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8614 /* _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is defined to be the beginning
8615 of the ".got" section in DYNOBJ. */
8616 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, name
);
8617 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8618 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
8622 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
8623 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8624 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
8628 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
8629 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
8633 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
8636 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
8644 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
8649 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
8654 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
8655 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
8656 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8657 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
8660 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
8661 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
8664 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
8665 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
8666 entry of the first external symbol that is not
8667 referenced within the same object. */
8668 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
8671 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
8672 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
8674 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
8677 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
8678 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
8679 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
8681 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
8683 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8684 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
8685 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8687 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
8690 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
8691 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
8694 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
8695 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
8698 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
8699 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
8700 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
8701 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
8705 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8706 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
8708 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
8712 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8713 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
8717 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8718 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
8722 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8723 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
8724 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
8728 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
8730 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
8732 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
8738 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
8739 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
8740 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
8741 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
8751 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
8752 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
8753 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
8757 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
8762 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
8763 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
8764 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
8767 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0)
8769 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8771 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
8772 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
8773 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
8774 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
8775 to the lazy resolution stub. */
8776 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
8777 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
8779 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
8780 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8781 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
8783 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8787 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
8788 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
8789 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
8790 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
8791 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0x80000000,
8792 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8795 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
8796 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8799 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
8800 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
8802 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
8805 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
8806 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
8808 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
8810 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
8811 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
8813 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
8814 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8815 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
8816 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8821 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
8823 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
8824 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8825 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
8826 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
8827 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
8830 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
8835 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
8836 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
8839 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8842 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
8844 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
8846 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
8847 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
8848 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
8850 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
8853 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
8854 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
8856 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
8862 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
8863 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
8864 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
8865 are trailing null entries. */
8866 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8867 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
8868 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
8869 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
8870 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
8879 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
8886 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
8888 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
8890 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
8891 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
8895 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
8897 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
8898 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
8901 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
8902 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
8905 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
8906 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
8907 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
8910 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
8912 BFD_ASSERT (s
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
8913 dummy_offset
= s
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
8914 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
8915 htab
->function_stub_size
);
8920 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
8921 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
8922 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
8923 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
8924 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8926 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8928 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
8930 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
8932 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
8933 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
8934 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
8935 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
8937 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
8938 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
8939 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
8944 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
8947 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
8949 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
8955 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
8958 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
8962 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
8965 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
8966 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
8969 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
8970 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
8973 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
8974 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
8977 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
8978 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
8979 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
8980 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
8981 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
8984 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
8985 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
8988 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
8989 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
8992 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
8993 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
8996 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
8997 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
9000 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
9001 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
9004 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
9005 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
9008 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
9009 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
9012 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
9013 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
9016 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
9017 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
9018 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
9019 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
9020 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
9021 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
9024 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
9025 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
9028 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
9029 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
9032 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
9033 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
9036 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
9037 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
9040 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
9041 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
9044 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
9045 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
9048 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
9049 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
9054 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
9055 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
9056 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
9059 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
9060 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9063 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
9067 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
9068 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
9069 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
9070 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
9071 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
9073 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
9074 info for each special section. */
9075 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
9076 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
9079 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
9082 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
9083 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
9085 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9088 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
9089 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9090 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9091 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
9092 && strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
9093 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
9094 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9095 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9098 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
9099 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9100 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9101 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
9102 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content",
9103 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
9104 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9105 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
9106 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9107 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9110 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
9111 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
9113 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9114 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
9116 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9119 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
9120 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9121 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9122 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
9123 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
9124 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9125 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
9128 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
9129 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
9130 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9132 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
9134 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9135 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9142 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
9146 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
9147 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9152 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
9153 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
9154 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
9157 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
9158 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
9159 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9160 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
9163 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
9164 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
9165 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
9166 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
9172 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
9175 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
9176 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9179 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
9182 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
9184 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
9185 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
9187 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9188 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
9193 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9197 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
9201 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
9202 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9204 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
9205 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
9213 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
9214 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
9215 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
9218 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
9219 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
9220 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
9222 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
9224 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
9225 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
9230 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
9232 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9234 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
9235 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
9238 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
9240 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
9241 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9242 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
9243 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
9244 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
9245 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
9246 options_segment
->count
= 1;
9247 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
9248 *pm
= options_segment
;
9254 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
9256 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
9257 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
9258 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
9259 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
9260 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
9262 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9263 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
9268 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9272 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
9274 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9279 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
9287 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
9288 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9289 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
9299 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
9300 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
9302 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
9304 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
9307 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
9309 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
9310 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
9311 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
9312 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
9313 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
9315 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
9316 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
9320 && m
->count
== 1 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
9322 static const char *sec_names
[] =
9324 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
9328 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
9332 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
9334 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
9335 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
9342 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
9348 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9349 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
9351 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
9354 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
9355 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9362 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9364 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
9366 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
9380 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
9384 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
9385 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9386 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
9387 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9388 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9390 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
9394 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
9396 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
9397 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
9401 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9403 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9404 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9405 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9407 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9408 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9416 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
9421 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
9424 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9425 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9426 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9427 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9430 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9431 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
9432 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
9433 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
9434 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9435 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9437 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9438 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
9439 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
9441 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
9442 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
9443 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
9447 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
9448 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
9449 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
9450 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
9451 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
9452 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
9453 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
9454 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
9455 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
9456 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
9467 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
9468 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
9469 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
9470 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
9473 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9474 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
9475 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
9477 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
9479 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
9481 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9484 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
9485 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
9486 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
9487 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
9488 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
9489 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9490 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
9492 if (dirmips
->tls_type
== 0)
9493 dirmips
->tls_type
= indmips
->tls_type
;
9497 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9498 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
9499 bfd_boolean force_local
)
9503 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9504 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9506 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
9507 if (h
->forced_local
)
9509 h
->forced_local
= force_local
;
9511 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9512 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& force_local
&& h
->root
.type
!= STT_TLS
9513 && (got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, TRUE
)) != NULL
9514 && (g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
) != NULL
)
9518 struct mips_got_entry e
;
9519 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
9521 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
9522 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
9523 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
9524 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
9525 the upper limit of global entries. */
9531 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
9532 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
9534 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
9539 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
9540 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
9541 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
9542 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
9543 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
9545 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
9546 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
9549 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
9550 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
9551 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
9554 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
9556 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
9557 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
9559 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
9565 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
9571 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
9572 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9575 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9576 unsigned char *tdata
;
9579 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
9584 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
9586 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
9587 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
9590 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
9594 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
9602 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
9603 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
9605 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
9607 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
9616 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
9617 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
9623 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
9624 free (cookie
->rels
);
9630 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
9632 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
9638 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, asection
*sec
,
9641 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
9644 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
9647 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
9651 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
9652 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
9654 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
9656 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
9659 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
9662 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
9663 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
9667 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
9668 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
9670 struct mips_elf_find_line
9672 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
9673 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
9677 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
9678 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
9679 const char **filename_ptr
,
9680 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9681 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9685 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9686 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9690 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9691 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9692 line_ptr
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
9693 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9696 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
9700 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
9701 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
9702 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
9704 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
9705 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
9706 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
9707 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
9708 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
9709 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9711 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
9714 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
9717 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
9718 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
9720 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9723 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9727 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
9729 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9733 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
9734 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
9735 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
9736 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
9738 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9741 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
9742 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
9743 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
9744 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
9745 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
9746 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
9747 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
9749 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
9751 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
9752 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
9753 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
9754 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
9755 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
9756 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
9759 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
9760 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9763 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9767 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9770 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
9772 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9773 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9778 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9779 const char **filename_ptr
,
9780 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9781 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9784 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9785 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9786 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9791 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
9792 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
9793 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
9796 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
9797 const void *location
,
9798 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
9800 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
9804 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
9806 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
9807 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9808 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
9811 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
9814 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
9817 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
9820 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9823 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
9827 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
9828 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
9831 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
9833 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
9834 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
9836 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
9839 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
9840 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
9841 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9844 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
9845 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
9851 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
9852 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
9855 /* read in the section */
9856 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
9857 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
9860 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
9864 if (reloc_count
< 0)
9867 if (reloc_count
> 0)
9872 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
9875 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
9876 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
9877 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
9878 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
9879 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
9883 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
9884 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9891 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9892 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9893 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9896 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9897 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9899 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
9901 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9902 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9904 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
9906 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9915 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
9917 char *error_message
= NULL
;
9918 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
9920 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
9921 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
9922 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
9924 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
9925 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
9926 to the generic handling. */
9928 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
9929 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
9930 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
9931 input_section
, relocatable
,
9934 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
9936 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
9941 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
9943 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
9944 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
9948 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
9952 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
9953 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
9954 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
9955 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
9958 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
9959 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
9960 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
9961 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
9962 (*parent
)->address
)))
9965 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
9966 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
9968 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
9969 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
9970 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
9973 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
9982 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
9983 free (reloc_vector
);
9987 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
9988 free (reloc_vector
);
9992 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
9994 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
9995 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
9997 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
9998 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
10000 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
10004 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
10005 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
10006 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
)))
10013 /* We no longer use this. */
10014 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
10015 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
10017 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
10018 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
10019 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
10020 ret
->rld_value
= 0;
10021 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
10022 ret
->is_vxworks
= FALSE
;
10023 ret
->srelbss
= NULL
;
10024 ret
->sdynbss
= NULL
;
10025 ret
->srelplt
= NULL
;
10026 ret
->srelplt2
= NULL
;
10027 ret
->sgotplt
= NULL
;
10029 ret
->plt_header_size
= 0;
10030 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 0;
10031 ret
->function_stub_size
= 0;
10033 return &ret
->root
.root
;
10036 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
10038 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10039 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10041 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10043 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10046 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10048 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
10049 htab
->is_vxworks
= 1;
10054 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
10055 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
10056 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
10059 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10062 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10063 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
10064 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
10065 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
10066 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
10067 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10068 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
10069 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
10070 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
10075 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10077 static const char * const secname
[] =
10079 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
10080 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
10082 static const int sc
[] =
10084 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
10085 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
10088 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
10089 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
10090 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
10092 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10093 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10097 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
10098 bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount
;
10100 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
10101 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
10102 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
10103 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
10104 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
10107 dynsecsymcount
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
);
10108 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, dynsecsymcount
+ 1))
10111 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
10112 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10113 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
10114 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
10116 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
10117 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
10118 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
10119 <= g
->global_gotno
);
10122 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
10123 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
10125 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10127 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
10128 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
10129 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
10130 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10131 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
10132 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
10133 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
10134 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
10135 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
10136 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
10137 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10138 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10140 else if (info
->relocatable
)
10142 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
10144 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
10145 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10147 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
10150 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
10151 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
10155 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
10156 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
10157 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
10161 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
10163 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
10165 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
10166 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
10167 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10169 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
10171 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
10173 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
10174 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
10175 the information together. */
10176 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10178 asection
*input_section
;
10180 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
10183 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10185 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10190 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10191 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10193 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10194 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
10197 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
10199 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
10200 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
10201 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
10202 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
10203 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
10205 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
10206 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
10207 finally written out. */
10209 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10210 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10211 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10214 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
10215 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
10217 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10218 matters, but someday it might). */
10219 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10224 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
10226 struct extsym_info einfo
;
10229 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
10230 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
10231 the information together. */
10232 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
10233 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
10234 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
10235 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
10236 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
10237 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
10238 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
10239 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
10240 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
10241 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
10242 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
10243 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
10244 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
10246 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
10248 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
10249 debug_info structure. */
10251 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
10252 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
10253 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
10254 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
10255 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
10257 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
10258 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
10259 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
10260 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
10262 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
10263 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
10267 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
10271 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
10272 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
10273 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
10274 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
10276 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
10278 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
10279 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
10282 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
10283 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
10286 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
10287 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
10288 secname
[i
], &esym
))
10292 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10294 asection
*input_section
;
10296 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
10297 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
10301 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10303 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10308 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10309 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10311 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
10312 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
10313 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
10315 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
10316 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
10317 want to deal with it. */
10321 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
10322 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
10324 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
10326 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
10327 read in the debugging information and set up an
10328 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
10329 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10333 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
10334 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
10335 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
10338 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
10339 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
10340 the linker global hash table and save the information
10341 for the output external symbols. */
10342 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
10343 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
10344 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
10345 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
10347 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
10348 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
10352 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10354 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
10355 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
10356 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
10357 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
10360 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
10361 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
10362 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
10363 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
10368 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
10369 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
10370 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
10376 /* Free up the information we just read. */
10377 free (input_debug
.line
);
10378 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
10379 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
10380 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
10381 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
10382 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
10383 free (input_debug
.ss
);
10384 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
10385 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
10386 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
10387 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
10389 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10390 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10391 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10394 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
10396 /* Create .rtproc section. */
10397 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
10398 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
10400 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
10401 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
10403 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
10406 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
10407 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
10411 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
10417 /* Build the external symbol information. */
10420 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
10422 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
10423 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
10424 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
10428 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
10429 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
10431 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10432 matters, but someday it might). */
10433 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10438 if (strncmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
10440 const char *subname
;
10443 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
10446 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
10447 information describing how the small data area would
10448 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
10449 not used in executables files. */
10450 if (! info
->relocatable
)
10452 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10454 asection
*input_section
;
10456 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10458 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10463 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10465 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10466 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10467 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10470 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
10471 currently matters, but someday it might). */
10472 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10474 /* Really remove the section. */
10475 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
10476 --abfd
->section_count
;
10481 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
10482 uninitialized data. */
10483 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
10484 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
10485 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
10489 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10490 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
10491 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
10492 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
10496 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
10497 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
10498 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
10499 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
10500 case we must change the name of the output section. */
10501 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
10502 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
10504 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
10505 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
10507 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
10508 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
10509 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
10512 /* Set up the first entry. */
10514 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
10515 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
10518 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
10519 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
10521 /* Combine the input sections. */
10522 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10524 asection
*input_section
;
10526 bfd_size_type size
;
10527 unsigned long last
;
10528 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
10530 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10532 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10537 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10538 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10540 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
10541 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
10542 sorted by ascending -G value. */
10543 size
= input_section
->size
;
10545 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10547 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
10549 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
10550 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
10556 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
10557 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
10558 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
10564 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
10566 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
10567 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
10570 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
10572 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
10573 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
10575 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
10581 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
10584 /* We need a new table entry. */
10585 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
10586 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
10587 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
10593 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
10594 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
10596 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
10597 value, since that will be implied by this new
10600 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
10602 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
10604 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
10605 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
10609 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
10610 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
10615 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
10618 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10619 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10620 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10623 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
10625 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
10627 /* Swap out the table. */
10628 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10629 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
10630 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
10636 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
10637 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
10640 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10641 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
10643 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10644 matters, but someday it might). */
10645 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10649 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
10650 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
10653 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
10655 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
10657 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
10659 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
10660 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
10664 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
10666 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
10667 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
10669 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
10672 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
10675 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
10677 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
10678 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
10679 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
10683 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
10685 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
10686 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
10687 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
10691 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
10693 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
10694 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
10696 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
10697 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
10698 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
10706 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
10708 struct mips_mach_extension
{
10709 unsigned long extension
, base
;
10713 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
10714 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
10716 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
10717 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
10718 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
10719 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
10721 /* MIPS V extensions. */
10722 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
10724 /* R10000 extensions. */
10725 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
10727 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
10728 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
10729 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
10730 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
10731 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
10732 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
10733 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
10735 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
10736 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10737 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10738 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10739 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10740 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10742 /* VR4100 extensions. */
10743 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
10744 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
10746 /* MIPS III extensions. */
10747 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10748 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10749 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10750 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10751 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10752 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10753 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10755 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
10756 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
10758 /* MIPS II extensions. */
10759 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
10760 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
10762 /* MIPS I extensions. */
10763 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
10764 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
10768 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
10771 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
10775 if (extension
== base
)
10778 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
10779 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
10782 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
10783 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
10786 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
10787 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
10789 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
10790 if (extension
== base
)
10798 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
10801 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
10803 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
10804 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
10805 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
10806 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
10807 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
10808 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
10809 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
10813 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
10814 object file when linking. */
10817 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
10819 flagword old_flags
;
10820 flagword new_flags
;
10822 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
10825 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
10826 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
10828 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10829 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
10834 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
10835 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10838 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
10840 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10841 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
10846 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
10847 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
10848 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
10850 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
10852 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
10853 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
10854 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
10855 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
10857 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
10858 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
10859 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
10860 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
10862 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
10863 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
10870 /* Check flag compatibility. */
10872 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
10873 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
10875 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
10876 doesn't seem to matter. */
10877 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
10878 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
10880 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
10881 just be able to ignore this. */
10882 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
10883 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
10885 /* Don't care about the PIC flags from dynamic objects; they are
10887 if ((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0
10888 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
10889 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
10891 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
10894 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
10895 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
10896 actually cause any incompatibility. */
10897 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
10899 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
10900 which are automatically generated by gas. */
10901 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
10902 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
10904 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
10905 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
10906 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
10908 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
10912 if (null_input_bfd
)
10917 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
10918 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
10920 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10921 (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
10926 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
10927 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
10928 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
10929 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
10931 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
10932 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
10934 /* Compare the ISAs. */
10935 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
10937 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10938 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
10942 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
10944 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
10945 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
10947 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
10948 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
10949 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
10950 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
10951 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
10952 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
10953 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
10955 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
10956 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
10957 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
10958 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
10959 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
10960 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
10964 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
10965 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10966 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
10968 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
10969 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
10974 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
10975 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
10977 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
10978 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
10979 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
10980 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
10981 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
10983 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
10984 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
10985 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
10986 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
10988 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10989 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
10991 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
10992 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
10995 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
10996 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
10999 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
11000 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
11002 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
11004 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
11005 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
11008 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
11009 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
11011 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11012 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
11013 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
11014 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
11020 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11027 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
11030 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
11032 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
11033 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
11035 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
11036 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
11041 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
11045 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
11047 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
11048 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
11050 /* xgettext:c-format */
11051 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
11053 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
11054 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
11055 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
11056 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
11057 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
11058 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
11059 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
11060 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
11061 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
11062 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
11063 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
11064 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
11065 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
11066 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
11068 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
11070 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
11071 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips1]"));
11072 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
11073 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips2]"));
11074 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
11075 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips3]"));
11076 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
11077 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips4]"));
11078 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
11079 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips5]"));
11080 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
11081 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32]"));
11082 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
11083 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64]"));
11084 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
11085 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32r2]"));
11086 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
11087 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64r2]"));
11089 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
11091 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
11092 fprintf (file
, _(" [mdmx]"));
11094 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
11095 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips16]"));
11097 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
11098 fprintf (file
, _(" [32bitmode]"));
11100 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
11102 fputc ('\n', file
);
11107 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
11109 { ".lit4", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11110 { ".lit8", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11111 { ".mdebug", 7, 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
11112 { ".sbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11113 { ".sdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11114 { ".ucode", 6, 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
11115 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
11118 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
11119 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
11120 definiton of the symbol. */
11122 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11123 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
11124 bfd_boolean definition
,
11125 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11127 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
11129 unsigned char other
;
11131 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
11132 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
11133 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
11137 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
11138 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
11141 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
11142 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
11144 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
11146 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
11150 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11152 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
11153 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
11154 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);